36
1 SignIn: http://photographyblogsites.com/signin Support Site: http://support.photographyblogsites.com

SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

1

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpsupportphotographyblogsitescom

How to Use This Guide 4Finding More WordPress Help 20

Welcome to Your New BlogSite 5Signing Into Your Site 5Dashboard Overview 6

Free Trial Period 8Paying For Your Site 9

Canceling Your Subscription 10

Adding Editing Content 11Overview 11

Basic WordPress Guide 11Importing Content From Your Current Site 12

The Editor 12

Using Posts Editing Your Blog 13The Blog Page 13

Writing Editing Posts 13

Using Pages 14Adding Editing Pages 14

Page Templates 14Group Pages together using SubPages 15

Renaming Pages 16Optional Content Areas 16Creating a Video Page 17

Creating and Editing Galleries 18Different Types of Galleries 18Built in WordPress Galleries 18

SEO Image Galleries 19SmugMug Albums 22

Preparing Your Images 18Home Page Slideshow 18

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery Images 19SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail Images 20

Logo 20Favicons 21

Background Images 21Image Between Blog Posts 21

Twitter Images 21

Customizing the Look 22Choose a Theme 22

Background Images 22Custom Image Between Posts 23

Custom Twitter Image 23Custom Color Choices 23

Font Sizes 23Upload Your Logo 23

Add a Custom Favicon 24

Customize the Home Page 25Overview 25

2

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Welcome Message amp Sliding Panels 26Video 26

Featured Links 26Slideshow 26

Customize the Blog Page 27Overview 27

Page Layout and Sidebars 27Extra Widget Areas 27

Blog Page Content or Excerpts 28Blog Page Slideshow 28

Get Connected 29Using a Custom Domain 29

Integrating Your Social Media Accounts 29Add Custom Links to the Main Menu 30

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your Site 30Integrating Your Photography Accounts 31

Using Contact Forms 32Overview 32

Creating Editing the Contact Form 32

Adding the Contact Form to a Page 33

WordPress Settings 34General Settings 34

Writing Reading Discussion Media 34Publishing 34

Other Settings 34

Search Engine Optimization Basics 35First Steps 35

All in One SEO 35SEO for Every Page and Post 35

Support 36How our Support System Works 36

Using Support Tickets 36

3

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

How to Use This GuideThis Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing your site It introduces some basic WordPress ideas but mainly covers the more advanced areas specific to Photography BlogSites

Once logged into your site you can also view over 30 video tutorials that walk you through basic WordPress functions Once logged in look in the main menu for ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

Yoursquoll see more about using our Support System later in this guide

4

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup

httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin

Signin using your user name and password

We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin

5

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working

Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site

6

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Main Menu

Quick Links to Content

Latest BlogSite News

Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout

Quickly Add new content

Switch between dashboard modes

Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu

7

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions

Support - documentation and tutorial videos

Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services

BlogSite Options - Customize your site

Blog - Create and edit your blog posts

Pages - Create and edit your pages

SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries

Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog

Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content

Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site

Contact - Create and edit contact forms

Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure

Free Trial Period

8

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Coming Soon Page

During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site

This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone

Viewing Your Site

After logging in you will be able to view the live site

To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar

Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo

When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo

Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo

9

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page

Choose Payment Method

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 2: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

How to Use This Guide 4Finding More WordPress Help 20

Welcome to Your New BlogSite 5Signing Into Your Site 5Dashboard Overview 6

Free Trial Period 8Paying For Your Site 9

Canceling Your Subscription 10

Adding Editing Content 11Overview 11

Basic WordPress Guide 11Importing Content From Your Current Site 12

The Editor 12

Using Posts Editing Your Blog 13The Blog Page 13

Writing Editing Posts 13

Using Pages 14Adding Editing Pages 14

Page Templates 14Group Pages together using SubPages 15

Renaming Pages 16Optional Content Areas 16Creating a Video Page 17

Creating and Editing Galleries 18Different Types of Galleries 18Built in WordPress Galleries 18

SEO Image Galleries 19SmugMug Albums 22

Preparing Your Images 18Home Page Slideshow 18

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery Images 19SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail Images 20

Logo 20Favicons 21

Background Images 21Image Between Blog Posts 21

Twitter Images 21

Customizing the Look 22Choose a Theme 22

Background Images 22Custom Image Between Posts 23

Custom Twitter Image 23Custom Color Choices 23

Font Sizes 23Upload Your Logo 23

Add a Custom Favicon 24

Customize the Home Page 25Overview 25

2

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Welcome Message amp Sliding Panels 26Video 26

Featured Links 26Slideshow 26

Customize the Blog Page 27Overview 27

Page Layout and Sidebars 27Extra Widget Areas 27

Blog Page Content or Excerpts 28Blog Page Slideshow 28

Get Connected 29Using a Custom Domain 29

Integrating Your Social Media Accounts 29Add Custom Links to the Main Menu 30

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your Site 30Integrating Your Photography Accounts 31

Using Contact Forms 32Overview 32

Creating Editing the Contact Form 32

Adding the Contact Form to a Page 33

WordPress Settings 34General Settings 34

Writing Reading Discussion Media 34Publishing 34

Other Settings 34

Search Engine Optimization Basics 35First Steps 35

All in One SEO 35SEO for Every Page and Post 35

Support 36How our Support System Works 36

Using Support Tickets 36

3

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

How to Use This GuideThis Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing your site It introduces some basic WordPress ideas but mainly covers the more advanced areas specific to Photography BlogSites

Once logged into your site you can also view over 30 video tutorials that walk you through basic WordPress functions Once logged in look in the main menu for ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

Yoursquoll see more about using our Support System later in this guide

4

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup

httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin

Signin using your user name and password

We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin

5

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working

Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site

6

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Main Menu

Quick Links to Content

Latest BlogSite News

Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout

Quickly Add new content

Switch between dashboard modes

Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu

7

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions

Support - documentation and tutorial videos

Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services

BlogSite Options - Customize your site

Blog - Create and edit your blog posts

Pages - Create and edit your pages

SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries

Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog

Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content

Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site

Contact - Create and edit contact forms

Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure

Free Trial Period

8

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Coming Soon Page

During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site

This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone

Viewing Your Site

After logging in you will be able to view the live site

To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar

Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo

When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo

Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo

9

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page

Choose Payment Method

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 3: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Welcome Message amp Sliding Panels 26Video 26

Featured Links 26Slideshow 26

Customize the Blog Page 27Overview 27

Page Layout and Sidebars 27Extra Widget Areas 27

Blog Page Content or Excerpts 28Blog Page Slideshow 28

Get Connected 29Using a Custom Domain 29

Integrating Your Social Media Accounts 29Add Custom Links to the Main Menu 30

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your Site 30Integrating Your Photography Accounts 31

Using Contact Forms 32Overview 32

Creating Editing the Contact Form 32

Adding the Contact Form to a Page 33

WordPress Settings 34General Settings 34

Writing Reading Discussion Media 34Publishing 34

Other Settings 34

Search Engine Optimization Basics 35First Steps 35

All in One SEO 35SEO for Every Page and Post 35

Support 36How our Support System Works 36

Using Support Tickets 36

3

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

How to Use This GuideThis Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing your site It introduces some basic WordPress ideas but mainly covers the more advanced areas specific to Photography BlogSites

Once logged into your site you can also view over 30 video tutorials that walk you through basic WordPress functions Once logged in look in the main menu for ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

Yoursquoll see more about using our Support System later in this guide

4

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup

httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin

Signin using your user name and password

We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin

5

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working

Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site

6

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Main Menu

Quick Links to Content

Latest BlogSite News

Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout

Quickly Add new content

Switch between dashboard modes

Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu

7

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions

Support - documentation and tutorial videos

Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services

BlogSite Options - Customize your site

Blog - Create and edit your blog posts

Pages - Create and edit your pages

SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries

Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog

Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content

Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site

Contact - Create and edit contact forms

Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure

Free Trial Period

8

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Coming Soon Page

During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site

This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone

Viewing Your Site

After logging in you will be able to view the live site

To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar

Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo

When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo

Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo

9

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page

Choose Payment Method

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 4: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

How to Use This GuideThis Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing your site It introduces some basic WordPress ideas but mainly covers the more advanced areas specific to Photography BlogSites

Once logged into your site you can also view over 30 video tutorials that walk you through basic WordPress functions Once logged in look in the main menu for ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

Yoursquoll see more about using our Support System later in this guide

4

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup

httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin

Signin using your user name and password

We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin

5

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working

Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site

6

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Main Menu

Quick Links to Content

Latest BlogSite News

Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout

Quickly Add new content

Switch between dashboard modes

Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu

7

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions

Support - documentation and tutorial videos

Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services

BlogSite Options - Customize your site

Blog - Create and edit your blog posts

Pages - Create and edit your pages

SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries

Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog

Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content

Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site

Contact - Create and edit contact forms

Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure

Free Trial Period

8

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Coming Soon Page

During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site

This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone

Viewing Your Site

After logging in you will be able to view the live site

To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar

Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo

When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo

Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo

9

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page

Choose Payment Method

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 5: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup

httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin

Signin using your user name and password

We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin

5

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working

Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site

6

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Main Menu

Quick Links to Content

Latest BlogSite News

Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout

Quickly Add new content

Switch between dashboard modes

Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu

7

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions

Support - documentation and tutorial videos

Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services

BlogSite Options - Customize your site

Blog - Create and edit your blog posts

Pages - Create and edit your pages

SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries

Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog

Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content

Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site

Contact - Create and edit contact forms

Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure

Free Trial Period

8

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Coming Soon Page

During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site

This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone

Viewing Your Site

After logging in you will be able to view the live site

To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar

Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo

When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo

Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo

9

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page

Choose Payment Method

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 6: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site

6

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Main Menu

Quick Links to Content

Latest BlogSite News

Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout

Quickly Add new content

Switch between dashboard modes

Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu

7

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions

Support - documentation and tutorial videos

Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services

BlogSite Options - Customize your site

Blog - Create and edit your blog posts

Pages - Create and edit your pages

SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries

Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog

Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content

Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site

Contact - Create and edit contact forms

Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure

Free Trial Period

8

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Coming Soon Page

During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site

This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone

Viewing Your Site

After logging in you will be able to view the live site

To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar

Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo

When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo

Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo

9

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page

Choose Payment Method

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 7: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu

7

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions

Support - documentation and tutorial videos

Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services

BlogSite Options - Customize your site

Blog - Create and edit your blog posts

Pages - Create and edit your pages

SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries

Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog

Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content

Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site

Contact - Create and edit contact forms

Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure

Free Trial Period

8

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Coming Soon Page

During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site

This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone

Viewing Your Site

After logging in you will be able to view the live site

To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar

Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo

When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo

Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo

9

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page

Choose Payment Method

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 8: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Free Trial Period

8

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Coming Soon Page

During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site

This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone

Viewing Your Site

After logging in you will be able to view the live site

To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar

Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo

When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo

Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo

9

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page

Choose Payment Method

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 9: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo

When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo

Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo

9

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page

Choose Payment Method

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 10: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active

If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again

On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo

You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose

Canceling Your Subscription

Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card

To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo

If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately

For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team

10

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 11: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process

1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top

Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo

The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page

You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about

You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section

PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site

bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways

to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions

The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it

To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template

You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section

11

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

BlogSite Plans Only

BlogSite Plans Only

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 12: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo

WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site

The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature

Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites

Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore

Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported

The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor

There is a lot that can be done within the text editor

You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it

See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo

12

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 13: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it

The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )

If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo

Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site

13

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 14: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section

Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site

Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one

Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed

As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list

We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme

Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page

Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible

14

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 15: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages

To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page

The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page

Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages

On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus

15

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 16: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own

Just remember to also rename the permalink to match

Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added

Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it

Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video

The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces

Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo

NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site

Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken

16

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 17: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly

17

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 18: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences

Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

Maximum Sizes

1200px wide 700px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high

They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high

We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom

There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn

There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg

Always save for the web at 72 dpi

18

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 19: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies

FILE SIZE 500 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high

REQUIRED for CuppaJoe

(Blog Only Version)

1000px wide by 185px high

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high

They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high

SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px

Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)

This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera

Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area

FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors

19

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 20: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px

All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller

DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies

FILE SIZE 700 kb or less

The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high

But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size

LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background

DIMENSIONS Varies with theme

FILE SIZE 400 kb or less

Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high

20

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 21: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px

FILE SIZE 20kb or less

The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme

Filetype must be ico

You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon

Background Images

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways

The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high

Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions

They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center

NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions

Image Between Blog Posts

DIMENSIONS Varies

FILE SIZE 800kb or less

Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high

If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through

21

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 22: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Customizing the LookChoose a Theme

Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo

Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time

Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector

ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans

If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme

Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls

22

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 23: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter

Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all

Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used

Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo

Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used

Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image

Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background

You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo

23

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 24: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo

The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded

See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy

24

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 25: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order

bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or

new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline

to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo

You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds

25

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Options for each Section

Show Hide Section

Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder

BlogSite Plans Only

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 26: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this

Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both

Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall

VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page

Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site

SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

26

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 27: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Customize the Blog PageOverview

For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish

Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page

To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area

Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo

27

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 28: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt

The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load

By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts

Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo

The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image

You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)

Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly

ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time

28

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images

Upload new image

Check to delete image

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 29: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain

Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo

When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom

We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year

You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo

Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site

Detailed instructions

This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email

29

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 30: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu

You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window

The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links

To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save

Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo

Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen

You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page

The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser

SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally

30

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 31: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo

Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ

Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu

Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo

Once active a new menu item will appear for each one

Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions

Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections

31

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 32: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site

Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo

Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo

There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want

You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received

32

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Add new FormsRename Form

Shortcode to place form in a page

Edit Form

Help Adding new fields to form

Edit Email Settings

Make sure field names in form are added to email settings

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 33: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Adding the Contact Form to a Page

Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo

More information about using the contact forms

Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq

httpcontactform7comdocs

33

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Copy the code from your contact form

Create a new page (or edit an existing one)

Paste the contact form code into the editor

Remember to Save the page

View the page and test the contact form

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 34: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc

Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory

PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)

Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured

All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is

34

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 35: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site

1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas

All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo

All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site

There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site

As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for

SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page

But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about

Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO

35

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Page 36: SignIn: Support ... · How to Use This Guide This Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing

SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer

PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo

If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide

Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo

In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more

Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom

Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites

Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums

Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site

Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo

Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets

Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed

36

SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom